diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
index fb8a92d..0da8ebc 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
-      <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
-        <el-col :span="16">
-          <el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
-          </el-form-item>
-        </el-col>
-      </el-row>
+      <!--<el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">-->
+        <!--<el-col :span="16">-->
+          <!--<el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">-->
+            <!--<el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>-->
+          <!--</el-form-item>-->
+        <!--</el-col>-->
+      <!--</el-row>-->
       <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
         <el-col :span="16">
           <el-form-item label="总分" prop="score">
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
         })
       } else if (dialogStatus === 'update' || dialogStatus === 'info') { // 如果是修改，将row中数据填写到输入框中
         this.modularForm = {
-          id: row.id,
+          id: row.modularId,
           modularName: row.modularName,
           description: row.description,
           score: row.score

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
index fb8a92d..0da8ebc 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
-      <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
-        <el-col :span="16">
-          <el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
-          </el-form-item>
-        </el-col>
-      </el-row>
+      <!--<el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">-->
+        <!--<el-col :span="16">-->
+          <!--<el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">-->
+            <!--<el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>-->
+          <!--</el-form-item>-->
+        <!--</el-col>-->
+      <!--</el-row>-->
       <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
         <el-col :span="16">
           <el-form-item label="总分" prop="score">
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
         })
       } else if (dialogStatus === 'update' || dialogStatus === 'info') { // 如果是修改，将row中数据填写到输入框中
         this.modularForm = {
-          id: row.id,
+          id: row.modularId,
           modularName: row.modularName,
           description: row.description,
           score: row.score
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
index 7bbb48c..c50c5dd 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
       <el-col :span="19">
         <div class="btn-div">
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-plus" @click="addIndex">新增指标</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='无效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='有效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-if="status=='0'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-else class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="updateQModularHandler">编辑模块</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="delQModularHandler">删除模块</el-button>
           <span style="margin-left:10px;color:red;font-size:12px;vertical-align:bottom">*总分：{{ score?score:'未知' }}</span>
@@ -183,7 +183,13 @@
     },
     // 更新模块信息
     updateQModularHandler() {
-      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true)
+      const params = {
+        modularId: this.modularId,
+        modularName: this.modularName,
+        description: this.description,
+        score: this.score
+      }
+      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true, params)
     },
     refreshTree() {
       this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree()
@@ -219,10 +225,10 @@
       activeQModular(this.modularId, status).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.$message.success('操作成功')
-          if (status === '有效') {
-            this.status = '无效'
+          if (status === '1') {
+            this.status = '0'
           } else {
-            this.status = '有效'
+            this.status = '1'
           }
           this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree(false)
         }
@@ -241,7 +247,9 @@
     // 更换模块
     changeType(modular) {
       this.modularId = modular.id
+      this.modularName = modular.modularName
       this.status = modular.status
+      this.score = modular.score
       modular.description = modular.description ? '(' + modular.description + ')' : ''
       this.tableOption.head.text = modular.modularName + modular.description
       this.search()

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
index fb8a92d..0da8ebc 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
-      <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
-        <el-col :span="16">
-          <el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
-          </el-form-item>
-        </el-col>
-      </el-row>
+      <!--<el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">-->
+        <!--<el-col :span="16">-->
+          <!--<el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">-->
+            <!--<el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>-->
+          <!--</el-form-item>-->
+        <!--</el-col>-->
+      <!--</el-row>-->
       <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
         <el-col :span="16">
           <el-form-item label="总分" prop="score">
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
         })
       } else if (dialogStatus === 'update' || dialogStatus === 'info') { // 如果是修改，将row中数据填写到输入框中
         this.modularForm = {
-          id: row.id,
+          id: row.modularId,
           modularName: row.modularName,
           description: row.description,
           score: row.score
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
index 7bbb48c..c50c5dd 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
       <el-col :span="19">
         <div class="btn-div">
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-plus" @click="addIndex">新增指标</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='无效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='有效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-if="status=='0'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-else class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="updateQModularHandler">编辑模块</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="delQModularHandler">删除模块</el-button>
           <span style="margin-left:10px;color:red;font-size:12px;vertical-align:bottom">*总分：{{ score?score:'未知' }}</span>
@@ -183,7 +183,13 @@
     },
     // 更新模块信息
     updateQModularHandler() {
-      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true)
+      const params = {
+        modularId: this.modularId,
+        modularName: this.modularName,
+        description: this.description,
+        score: this.score
+      }
+      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true, params)
     },
     refreshTree() {
       this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree()
@@ -219,10 +225,10 @@
       activeQModular(this.modularId, status).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.$message.success('操作成功')
-          if (status === '有效') {
-            this.status = '无效'
+          if (status === '1') {
+            this.status = '0'
           } else {
-            this.status = '有效'
+            this.status = '1'
           }
           this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree(false)
         }
@@ -241,7 +247,9 @@
     // 更换模块
     changeType(modular) {
       this.modularId = modular.id
+      this.modularName = modular.modularName
       this.status = modular.status
+      this.score = modular.score
       modular.description = modular.description ? '(' + modular.description + ')' : ''
       this.tableOption.head.text = modular.modularName + modular.description
       this.search()
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
index 90e30c1..a98db09 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
       getCheckedSoundList(this.listQuery).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.listLoading = false
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
-          this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
index fb8a92d..0da8ebc 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
-      <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
-        <el-col :span="16">
-          <el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
-          </el-form-item>
-        </el-col>
-      </el-row>
+      <!--<el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">-->
+        <!--<el-col :span="16">-->
+          <!--<el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">-->
+            <!--<el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>-->
+          <!--</el-form-item>-->
+        <!--</el-col>-->
+      <!--</el-row>-->
       <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
         <el-col :span="16">
           <el-form-item label="总分" prop="score">
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
         })
       } else if (dialogStatus === 'update' || dialogStatus === 'info') { // 如果是修改，将row中数据填写到输入框中
         this.modularForm = {
-          id: row.id,
+          id: row.modularId,
           modularName: row.modularName,
           description: row.description,
           score: row.score
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
index 7bbb48c..c50c5dd 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
       <el-col :span="19">
         <div class="btn-div">
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-plus" @click="addIndex">新增指标</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='无效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='有效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-if="status=='0'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-else class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="updateQModularHandler">编辑模块</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="delQModularHandler">删除模块</el-button>
           <span style="margin-left:10px;color:red;font-size:12px;vertical-align:bottom">*总分：{{ score?score:'未知' }}</span>
@@ -183,7 +183,13 @@
     },
     // 更新模块信息
     updateQModularHandler() {
-      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true)
+      const params = {
+        modularId: this.modularId,
+        modularName: this.modularName,
+        description: this.description,
+        score: this.score
+      }
+      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true, params)
     },
     refreshTree() {
       this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree()
@@ -219,10 +225,10 @@
       activeQModular(this.modularId, status).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.$message.success('操作成功')
-          if (status === '有效') {
-            this.status = '无效'
+          if (status === '1') {
+            this.status = '0'
           } else {
-            this.status = '有效'
+            this.status = '1'
           }
           this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree(false)
         }
@@ -241,7 +247,9 @@
     // 更换模块
     changeType(modular) {
       this.modularId = modular.id
+      this.modularName = modular.modularName
       this.status = modular.status
+      this.score = modular.score
       modular.description = modular.description ? '(' + modular.description + ')' : ''
       this.tableOption.head.text = modular.modularName + modular.description
       this.search()
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
index 90e30c1..a98db09 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
       getCheckedSoundList(this.listQuery).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.listLoading = false
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
-          this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
index 54abfd8..df3c154 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
           </el-col>
           <el-col :span="12">
             <el-form-item label="质检评语" prop="checkComment">
-              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
+              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
             </el-form-item>
           </el-col>
         </el-row>
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
                 <el-table-column prop="date" label="质检考核">
                   <template slot-scope="scope">
                     <!--分值型-->
-                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
+                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" :step="0.1" :precision="1" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
                     <span v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" class="tips">总分：{{ scope.row.maxScore }}</span>
                     <!--是否-->
                     <el-radio-group v-if="scope.row.indexType=='2'" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
       </el-form>
     </div>
     <div slot="footer" class="dialog-footer">
-      <el-button :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
+      <el-button v-if="dialogStatus!='info'" :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
       <el-button @click="cancel">取消</el-button>
     </div>
   </el-dialog>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import AudioPlayer from '../../../components/AudioPlayer/AudioPlayer'
-import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
+import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck, getQualityCheckDetail } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
 
 export default {
   name: 'QualityCheck',
@@ -103,7 +103,9 @@
   watch: {
     'form.checkModular': function(val) {
       if (val) {
-        this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        if (this.dialogStatus === 'first') {
+          this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        }
       }
     }
   },
@@ -172,7 +174,7 @@
               indexDetail: item.indexDetail,
               indexType: item.indexType,
               indexTypeName: item.indexTypeName,
-              maxScore: item.score,
+              maxScore: parseFloat(item.score),
               score: item.score ? item.score : '1'
             }
             this.scoreData.push(row)
@@ -186,13 +188,12 @@
     },
     // 获取质检详情
     fetchCheckDetail() {
-      const params = '1'
-      getQIndexList(params).then(response => {
+      getQualityCheckDetail(this.form.callid).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          this.form.checkComment = '良好'
-          this.form.checkModular = '1'
-          this.form.scoreSituation = '1:1,2:1,3:1,4:1,5:1,6:1,7:1,8:1,9:1'
           // 遍历scoreSituation,得到得分
+          this.form.checkModular = response.data[0].checkModular
+          this.form.checkComment = response.data[0].checkComment
+          this.form.scoreSituation = response.data[0].scoreSituation
           const scoreList = this.form.scoreSituation.split(',')
           for (const i in scoreList) {
             const item = scoreList[i]

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
index fb8a92d..0da8ebc 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
-      <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
-        <el-col :span="16">
-          <el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
-          </el-form-item>
-        </el-col>
-      </el-row>
+      <!--<el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">-->
+        <!--<el-col :span="16">-->
+          <!--<el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">-->
+            <!--<el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>-->
+          <!--</el-form-item>-->
+        <!--</el-col>-->
+      <!--</el-row>-->
       <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
         <el-col :span="16">
           <el-form-item label="总分" prop="score">
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
         })
       } else if (dialogStatus === 'update' || dialogStatus === 'info') { // 如果是修改，将row中数据填写到输入框中
         this.modularForm = {
-          id: row.id,
+          id: row.modularId,
           modularName: row.modularName,
           description: row.description,
           score: row.score
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
index 7bbb48c..c50c5dd 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
       <el-col :span="19">
         <div class="btn-div">
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-plus" @click="addIndex">新增指标</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='无效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='有效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-if="status=='0'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-else class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="updateQModularHandler">编辑模块</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="delQModularHandler">删除模块</el-button>
           <span style="margin-left:10px;color:red;font-size:12px;vertical-align:bottom">*总分：{{ score?score:'未知' }}</span>
@@ -183,7 +183,13 @@
     },
     // 更新模块信息
     updateQModularHandler() {
-      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true)
+      const params = {
+        modularId: this.modularId,
+        modularName: this.modularName,
+        description: this.description,
+        score: this.score
+      }
+      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true, params)
     },
     refreshTree() {
       this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree()
@@ -219,10 +225,10 @@
       activeQModular(this.modularId, status).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.$message.success('操作成功')
-          if (status === '有效') {
-            this.status = '无效'
+          if (status === '1') {
+            this.status = '0'
           } else {
-            this.status = '有效'
+            this.status = '1'
           }
           this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree(false)
         }
@@ -241,7 +247,9 @@
     // 更换模块
     changeType(modular) {
       this.modularId = modular.id
+      this.modularName = modular.modularName
       this.status = modular.status
+      this.score = modular.score
       modular.description = modular.description ? '(' + modular.description + ')' : ''
       this.tableOption.head.text = modular.modularName + modular.description
       this.search()
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
index 90e30c1..a98db09 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
       getCheckedSoundList(this.listQuery).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.listLoading = false
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
-          this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
index 54abfd8..df3c154 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
           </el-col>
           <el-col :span="12">
             <el-form-item label="质检评语" prop="checkComment">
-              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
+              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
             </el-form-item>
           </el-col>
         </el-row>
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
                 <el-table-column prop="date" label="质检考核">
                   <template slot-scope="scope">
                     <!--分值型-->
-                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
+                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" :step="0.1" :precision="1" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
                     <span v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" class="tips">总分：{{ scope.row.maxScore }}</span>
                     <!--是否-->
                     <el-radio-group v-if="scope.row.indexType=='2'" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
       </el-form>
     </div>
     <div slot="footer" class="dialog-footer">
-      <el-button :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
+      <el-button v-if="dialogStatus!='info'" :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
       <el-button @click="cancel">取消</el-button>
     </div>
   </el-dialog>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import AudioPlayer from '../../../components/AudioPlayer/AudioPlayer'
-import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
+import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck, getQualityCheckDetail } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
 
 export default {
   name: 'QualityCheck',
@@ -103,7 +103,9 @@
   watch: {
     'form.checkModular': function(val) {
       if (val) {
-        this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        if (this.dialogStatus === 'first') {
+          this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        }
       }
     }
   },
@@ -172,7 +174,7 @@
               indexDetail: item.indexDetail,
               indexType: item.indexType,
               indexTypeName: item.indexTypeName,
-              maxScore: item.score,
+              maxScore: parseFloat(item.score),
               score: item.score ? item.score : '1'
             }
             this.scoreData.push(row)
@@ -186,13 +188,12 @@
     },
     // 获取质检详情
     fetchCheckDetail() {
-      const params = '1'
-      getQIndexList(params).then(response => {
+      getQualityCheckDetail(this.form.callid).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          this.form.checkComment = '良好'
-          this.form.checkModular = '1'
-          this.form.scoreSituation = '1:1,2:1,3:1,4:1,5:1,6:1,7:1,8:1,9:1'
           // 遍历scoreSituation,得到得分
+          this.form.checkModular = response.data[0].checkModular
+          this.form.checkComment = response.data[0].checkComment
+          this.form.scoreSituation = response.data[0].scoreSituation
           const scoreList = this.form.scoreSituation.split(',')
           for (const i in scoreList) {
             const item = scoreList[i]
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
index 8e86c07..3cf6c1c 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@
           //   { callid: '123245234013253242', agentUserName: '张三', checkTwice: '1', checkModular: '1', checkModularName: '标准模块', checkComment: '审核通过', checkScore: '10', checkUserName: '王五', checkTime: '2020-4-20 08:00:02' },
           //   { callid: '123245234013253242', agentUserName: '张三', checkTwice: '0', checkModular: '1', checkModularName: '标准模块', checkComment: '审核通过', checkScore: '10', checkUserName: '王五', checkTime: '2020-4-20 08:00:02' }
           // ]
-          this.list = response.data.records
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
index fb8a92d..0da8ebc 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
-      <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
-        <el-col :span="16">
-          <el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
-          </el-form-item>
-        </el-col>
-      </el-row>
+      <!--<el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">-->
+        <!--<el-col :span="16">-->
+          <!--<el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">-->
+            <!--<el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>-->
+          <!--</el-form-item>-->
+        <!--</el-col>-->
+      <!--</el-row>-->
       <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
         <el-col :span="16">
           <el-form-item label="总分" prop="score">
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
         })
       } else if (dialogStatus === 'update' || dialogStatus === 'info') { // 如果是修改，将row中数据填写到输入框中
         this.modularForm = {
-          id: row.id,
+          id: row.modularId,
           modularName: row.modularName,
           description: row.description,
           score: row.score
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
index 7bbb48c..c50c5dd 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
       <el-col :span="19">
         <div class="btn-div">
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-plus" @click="addIndex">新增指标</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='无效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='有效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-if="status=='0'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-else class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="updateQModularHandler">编辑模块</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="delQModularHandler">删除模块</el-button>
           <span style="margin-left:10px;color:red;font-size:12px;vertical-align:bottom">*总分：{{ score?score:'未知' }}</span>
@@ -183,7 +183,13 @@
     },
     // 更新模块信息
     updateQModularHandler() {
-      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true)
+      const params = {
+        modularId: this.modularId,
+        modularName: this.modularName,
+        description: this.description,
+        score: this.score
+      }
+      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true, params)
     },
     refreshTree() {
       this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree()
@@ -219,10 +225,10 @@
       activeQModular(this.modularId, status).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.$message.success('操作成功')
-          if (status === '有效') {
-            this.status = '无效'
+          if (status === '1') {
+            this.status = '0'
           } else {
-            this.status = '有效'
+            this.status = '1'
           }
           this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree(false)
         }
@@ -241,7 +247,9 @@
     // 更换模块
     changeType(modular) {
       this.modularId = modular.id
+      this.modularName = modular.modularName
       this.status = modular.status
+      this.score = modular.score
       modular.description = modular.description ? '(' + modular.description + ')' : ''
       this.tableOption.head.text = modular.modularName + modular.description
       this.search()
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
index 90e30c1..a98db09 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
       getCheckedSoundList(this.listQuery).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.listLoading = false
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
-          this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
index 54abfd8..df3c154 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
           </el-col>
           <el-col :span="12">
             <el-form-item label="质检评语" prop="checkComment">
-              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
+              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
             </el-form-item>
           </el-col>
         </el-row>
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
                 <el-table-column prop="date" label="质检考核">
                   <template slot-scope="scope">
                     <!--分值型-->
-                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
+                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" :step="0.1" :precision="1" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
                     <span v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" class="tips">总分：{{ scope.row.maxScore }}</span>
                     <!--是否-->
                     <el-radio-group v-if="scope.row.indexType=='2'" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
       </el-form>
     </div>
     <div slot="footer" class="dialog-footer">
-      <el-button :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
+      <el-button v-if="dialogStatus!='info'" :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
       <el-button @click="cancel">取消</el-button>
     </div>
   </el-dialog>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import AudioPlayer from '../../../components/AudioPlayer/AudioPlayer'
-import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
+import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck, getQualityCheckDetail } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
 
 export default {
   name: 'QualityCheck',
@@ -103,7 +103,9 @@
   watch: {
     'form.checkModular': function(val) {
       if (val) {
-        this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        if (this.dialogStatus === 'first') {
+          this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        }
       }
     }
   },
@@ -172,7 +174,7 @@
               indexDetail: item.indexDetail,
               indexType: item.indexType,
               indexTypeName: item.indexTypeName,
-              maxScore: item.score,
+              maxScore: parseFloat(item.score),
               score: item.score ? item.score : '1'
             }
             this.scoreData.push(row)
@@ -186,13 +188,12 @@
     },
     // 获取质检详情
     fetchCheckDetail() {
-      const params = '1'
-      getQIndexList(params).then(response => {
+      getQualityCheckDetail(this.form.callid).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          this.form.checkComment = '良好'
-          this.form.checkModular = '1'
-          this.form.scoreSituation = '1:1,2:1,3:1,4:1,5:1,6:1,7:1,8:1,9:1'
           // 遍历scoreSituation,得到得分
+          this.form.checkModular = response.data[0].checkModular
+          this.form.checkComment = response.data[0].checkComment
+          this.form.scoreSituation = response.data[0].scoreSituation
           const scoreList = this.form.scoreSituation.split(',')
           for (const i in scoreList) {
             const item = scoreList[i]
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
index 8e86c07..3cf6c1c 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@
           //   { callid: '123245234013253242', agentUserName: '张三', checkTwice: '1', checkModular: '1', checkModularName: '标准模块', checkComment: '审核通过', checkScore: '10', checkUserName: '王五', checkTime: '2020-4-20 08:00:02' },
           //   { callid: '123245234013253242', agentUserName: '张三', checkTwice: '0', checkModular: '1', checkModularName: '标准模块', checkComment: '审核通过', checkScore: '10', checkUserName: '王五', checkTime: '2020-4-20 08:00:02' }
           // ]
-          this.list = response.data.records
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })
diff --git a/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue b/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue
index 35558eb..39b1c73 100644
--- a/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue
@@ -107,7 +107,8 @@
         {
           text: '被叫号码',
           value: 'calleeNumber',
-          align: 'center'
+          align: 'center',
+          default: '--'
         },
         {
           text: '呼叫方向',

diff --git a/package.json b/package.json
index 4a06342..f98273f 100644
--- a/package.json
+++ b/package.json
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@
     "vue-amap": "^0.5.9",
     "vue-baidu-map": "^0.21.22",
     "vue-router": "3.0.1",
-    "vuex": "3.0.1"
+    "vuex": "3.0.1",
+    "wangeditor": "^3.1.1"
   },
   "devDependencies": {
     "autoprefixer": "8.5.0",
diff --git a/src/api/qualityCheck.js b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
index 1393f9d..372fef3 100644
--- a/src/api/qualityCheck.js
+++ b/src/api/qualityCheck.js
@@ -134,3 +134,13 @@
     params
   })
 }
+// 质检详情
+export function getQualityCheckDetail(callid) {
+  return request({
+    url: '/qualityCheck/detail',
+    method: 'get',
+    params: {
+      callid
+    }
+  })
+}
diff --git a/src/api/statistics.js b/src/api/statistics.js
index 2f8bab9..90df602 100644
--- a/src/api/statistics.js
+++ b/src/api/statistics.js
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
 // 接通率统计
 export function callSuccessStatistics(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
-    // url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
+    // url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callSuccessStatistics',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 // 按小时统计话务量统计
 export function callStatisticsByHour(params) {
   return request({
-    url: '/callStatics/statisfiedStatistics',
+    url: '/callStatics/callByHour',
     method: 'get',
     params
   })
diff --git a/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9961069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<template>
+  <div id="wangeditor" >
+    <div ref="editorElem" :style="{'height':height+'px'}"/>
+  </div>
+</template>
+
+<script>
+import E from 'wangeditor'
+export default {
+  name: 'Wangeditor',
+  model: {
+    prop: 'content',
+    event: 'change'
+  },
+  props: {
+    height: {
+      type: String,
+      default: '300'
+    },
+    content: {
+      type: String,
+      default: ''
+    }, // 内容
+    menus: {// 菜单配置
+      type: Array,
+      default: function() {
+        return [
+          'head', // 标题
+          'bold', // 粗体
+          'fontSize', // 字号
+          'fontName', // 字体
+          'italic', // 斜体
+          'underline', // 下划线
+          'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+          'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+          'backColor', // 背景颜色
+          'list', // 列表
+          'justify', // 对齐方式
+          'quote', // 引用
+          'table' // 表格
+        ]
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  data() {
+    return {
+      editorContent: '',
+      editor: ''
+    }
+  },
+  watch: {
+    content(val) {
+      if(val!==this.getContent()){
+        this.setContent(val)
+      }
+    }
+  }, // 接收父组件的方法
+  mounted() {
+    this.initEditor()
+  },
+  methods: {
+    initEditor() {
+      var that = this
+      that.editor = new E(that.$refs.editorElem) // 创建富文本实例
+      that.editor.customConfig.debug = location.href.indexOf('wangeditor_debug_mode=1') > 0
+      that.editor.customConfig.onchange = html => {
+        that.editorContent = html
+        console.log('onchange')
+        that.changeContent(html) // 把这个html通过content的方法传入父组件
+      }
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgServer = "你的上传图片的接口";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadFileName = "你自定义的文件名";
+      // editor.customConfig.uploadImgHeaders = {
+      //   Accept: "*/*",
+      //   Authorization: "Bearer " + token //头部token
+      // };
+      console.log(that.menus)
+      // that.editor.customConfig.menus = that.menus
+      that.editor.customConfig.menus = [
+        'head', // 标题
+        'bold', // 粗体
+        'fontSize', // 字号
+        'fontName', // 字体
+        'italic', // 斜体
+        'underline', // 下划线
+        'strikeThrough', // 删除线
+        'foreColor', // 文字颜色
+        'list', // 列表
+        'justify', // 对齐方式
+        'quote', // 引用
+        'table' // 表格
+      ]
+
+      that.editor.customConfig = {
+        uploadImgMaxSize: 1 * 1024 * 1024 // 将图片大小限制为 3M
+      }
+      // 下面是最重要的的方法
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgHooks = {
+        before: function(xhr, editor, files) {
+          // 图片上传之前触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，files 是选择的图片文件
+          // 如果返回的结果是 {prevent: true, msg: 'xxxx'} 则表示用户放弃上传
+          // return {
+          //     prevent: true,
+          //     msg: '放弃上传'
+          // }
+        },
+        success: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，图片插入成功之后触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+          this.imgUrl = Object.values(result.data).toString()
+        },
+        fail: function(xhr, editor, result) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，但图片插入错误时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+        },
+        error: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传出错时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+        timeout: function(xhr, editor) {
+          // 图片上传超时时触发
+          // xhr 是 XMLHttpRequst 对象，editor 是编辑器对象
+        },
+
+        // 如果服务器端返回的不是 {errno:0, data: [...]} 这种格式，可使用该配置
+        // （但是，服务器端返回的必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则会报错）
+        customInsert: function(insertImg, result, editor) {
+          // 图片上传并返回结果，自定义插入图片的事件（而不是编辑器自动插入图片！！！）
+          // insertImg 是插入图片的函数，editor 是编辑器对象，result 是服务器端返回的结果
+
+          // 举例：假如上传图片成功后，服务器端返回的是 {url:'....'} 这种格式，即可这样插入图片：
+          const url = Object.values(result.data) // result.data就是服务器返回的图片名字和链接
+          JSON.stringify(url) // 在这里转成JSON格式
+          insertImg(url)
+          // result 必须是一个 JSON 格式字符串！！！否则报错
+        }
+      }
+      that.editor.customConfig.uploadImgShowBase64 = true
+      that.editor.customConfig.showLinkImg = false
+      console.log('===========')
+      console.log(that.content)
+      that.editor.create()
+      that.setContent(that.content)
+    },
+    getContent: function() {
+      return this.editor.txt.html()
+    },
+    setContent: function(content) {
+      this.editor.txt.html(content)
+    },
+    changeContent(content) {
+      console.log(content)
+      this.$emit('change', content)
+    }
+  }
+}
+</script>
+
+// WEBPACK FOOTER //
+// src/components/wangeditor/wangeditor.vue
diff --git a/src/layout/Layout.vue b/src/layout/Layout.vue
index 34ec535..998c1f0 100644
--- a/src/layout/Layout.vue
+++ b/src/layout/Layout.vue
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="classObj" class="app-wrapper">
-    <div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>
+    <!--<div v-if="device==='mobile'&&sidebar.opened" class="drawer-bg" @click="handleClickOutside"/>-->
     <app-header class="app-header"/>
     <div class="app-body">
       <!--侧边栏-->
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
index 81f09ae..1605836 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/ivrBar.vue
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
         this.btnStatus.btnHold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
         this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = false
+        this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
         this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = false
         this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
         if (this.judgeCallStatus()) { // 判断通话状态
           if (this.isInComing) { // 判断是否外接电话
             this.getExtentionList()
-            this.$refs.chooseseats.initDialog('transfer')
+            this.$refs.keyboard.initDialog('transfer')
           } else {
             this.$message.warning('只有外接电话才允许转接')
           }
@@ -384,7 +384,6 @@
       } else if (type === 'transfer') { // 转移
         this.goTransfer(tel)
       } else if (type === 'out') { // 外呼
-        tel = '9' + tel
         this.statusShow = true
         this.statusText = '呼叫中...'
         this.statusDetailText = '呼叫中'
@@ -495,8 +494,8 @@
       this.btnStatus.btnDialIn = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHold = false
       this.btnStatus.btnUnhold = true
-      this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
-      this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
+      // this.btnStatus.btnBusy = false
+      // this.btnStatus.btnIdle = true
       this.btnStatus.btnMeeting = true
       this.btnStatus.btnHangUp = false
       this.btnStatus.btnTransfer = false
diff --git a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
index c7c206e..63516ab 100644
--- a/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
+++ b/src/layout/components/ivr/keyboard.vue
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
       }
     },
     submit() {
-      this.$emit('call', this.type, this.tel)
+      this.$emit('call', this.type, '9' + this.tel)
       this.handleClose()
     },
     handleClose() {
diff --git a/src/main.js b/src/main.js
index ee2c003..a1a5ee5 100644
--- a/src/main.js
+++ b/src/main.js
@@ -68,9 +68,6 @@
 window.addEventListener('popstate', function() {
   history.pushState(null, null, document.URL)
 })
-// 引入区域级联选项
-import vRegion from 'v-region'
-Vue.use(vRegion, {})
 
 new Vue({
   el: '#app',
diff --git a/src/router/index.js b/src/router/index.js
index c94aa5c..573a555 100644
--- a/src/router/index.js
+++ b/src/router/index.js
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
   ...caseRouters,
   ...knowledgeRouters,
   ...customerRouters,
-  ...systemRouters,
   ...soundsRouters,
-  ...monitorRouters,
   ...qualityCheckRouters,
+  ...monitorRouters,
+  ...systemRouters,
   { path: '*', redirect: '/404', hidden: true }
 ]
diff --git a/src/store/modules/user.js b/src/store/modules/user.js
index 0480613..f4f8d4c 100644
--- a/src/store/modules/user.js
+++ b/src/store/modules/user.js
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@
     },
     SET_ONLINE: (state, online) => {
       state.online = online
-      setOnline(online)
     },
     SET_AREA: (state, area) => {
       state.area = area
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@
           removeToken()
           removeExten()
           removeSeat()
-          removeOnline()
+          // removeOnline()
           resolve()
         }).catch(error => {
           reject(error)
@@ -181,7 +180,6 @@
         removeToken()
         removeExten()
         removeSeat()
-        removeOnline()
         resolve()
       })
     }
diff --git a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
index c00aeab..fa64852 100644
--- a/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
+++ b/src/views/caseManage/createCase.vue
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
                 <el-input v-model="form.reporterName"/>
               </el-form-item>
             </el-col>
+            <el-button v-if="allowAdd" type="primary" size="mini" @click="addToCustomerList">添加到通讯录</el-button>
           </el-row>
           <el-row>
             <el-form-item label="事件类型" prop="type" required>
@@ -169,7 +170,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import KnowledgeSearch from './components/knowledgeSearch'
-// import DeptSelect from '../../components/DeptSelect/index'
+import { addCustomer } from '@/api/customer'
 import { getToday } from '@/utils/dateutils'
 import { getEorc, getCaseSource, getCaseLevel } from '@/api/allDict'
 import { getCaseType, getCaseDetailType, addCase } from '@/api/callCase'
@@ -228,6 +229,7 @@
         processDept: '', // 处理单位
         processUser: '' // 处理人
       },
+      allowAdd: true,// 允许新增联系人
       reportersList: [], // 联系人选择列表
       eorcList: [], // 案卷类别
       caseTypeList: [], // 案卷类别二级
@@ -384,6 +386,27 @@
         this.fetchReporter(this.form.reporterPhone)
       }
     },
+    // 将客户添加到通讯录
+    addToCustomerList(){
+      const customerForm = {
+        name: this.form.reporterName, // 姓名
+        tel1: this.form.reporterPhone, // 联系方式1
+      }
+      // 如果信息完整
+      if(this.allowAdd && customerForm.tel1 && customerForm.name){
+        addCustomer(customerForm).then(response => {
+          if (response.code === 200) {
+            this.$message.success('新增成功')
+            this.allowAdd = false
+            // this.dialogFormVisible = false
+          }
+        }).catch(_ => { // 异常情况，loading置为false
+          // this.btnLoading = false
+        })
+      }else{
+        this.$message.warning('请确保联系人姓名和电话完整性')
+      }
+    },
     // 根据电话去找人
     fetchReporter(phone) {
       const params = {
@@ -392,6 +415,7 @@
       getCustomerList(params).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200 && response.data && response.data.total === 1) {
           this.form.reporterName = response.data.rows[0].name
+          this.allowAdd = false
         }
       })
     },
diff --git a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
index 44c9b8f..3673a91 100644
--- a/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
+++ b/src/views/customerManage/editCustomer.vue
@@ -9,40 +9,40 @@
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="客户类型" prop="type">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.type" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式1" prop="tel1">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel1" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="联系方式2" prop="tel2">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.tel2" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="12">
           <el-form-item label="证件号码" prop="cardNo">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.cardNo" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="20" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="地址" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.address" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
       <el-row :gutter="20">
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="备注" prop="address">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder=""/>
+            <el-input v-model.trim="customerForm.remarks" :disabled="disabled" type="text" maxlength="50" placeholder=""/>
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
diff --git a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
index c220924..a2f2dfa 100644
--- a/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
+++ b/src/views/knowledgeManage/editKnowledge.vue
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
       <el-row>
         <el-col :span="24">
           <el-form-item label="知识内容" prop="info">
+            <!--<wangeditor ref="editor" v-model="knowledgeForm.info" height="300"/>-->
             <!--<tinymce v-model="knowledgeForm.info" :height="300"/>-->
             <el-input v-model="knowledgeForm.info" type="textarea" rows="10" placeholder="必填"/>
           </el-form-item>
@@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
 // import { getDeptTreeList } from '@/api/system/dept'
 import { getTypeList, addKnowledge, updateKnowledge, knowledgeDetail } from '@/api/knowledge'
 import Tinymce from '../../components/Tinymce/index'
+import Wangeditor from '../../components/wangeditor/wangeditor'
 
 export default {
   name: 'EditKnowledge',
-  components: { Tinymce, SelectTree },
+  components: { Wangeditor, Tinymce, SelectTree },
   data() {
     return {
       dialogFormVisible: false, // 对话框是否显示
@@ -99,6 +101,7 @@
     },
     // 获取知识详情
     fetchKnowledgeDetail(id) {
+      // this.$refs.editor.initEditor()
       knowledgeDetail(id).then(response => {
         if (response.data) {
           this.knowledgeForm = {
diff --git a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
index 37f4eae..d8d7722 100644
--- a/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
+++ b/src/views/monitor/realtimeMonitor/components/callLine.vue
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
       this.loading = true
       callStatisticsByHour(this.query).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          response.data = [
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
-            { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
-          ]
+          // response.data = [
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '00:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 10, successCall: 8, hour: '01:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 20, successCall: 13, hour: '02:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '03:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '04:00:00' },
+          //   { totalCall: 0, successCall: 0, hour: '05:00:00' }
+          // ]
           this.chartData.rows = response.data
           this.judgeMaxValue(response.data)
           if (this.rerenderFlag) {
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
index fb8a92d..0da8ebc 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/editModular.vue
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
           </el-form-item>
         </el-col>
       </el-row>
-      <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
-        <el-col :span="16">
-          <el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">
-            <el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>
-          </el-form-item>
-        </el-col>
-      </el-row>
+      <!--<el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">-->
+        <!--<el-col :span="16">-->
+          <!--<el-form-item label="描述" prop="description">-->
+            <!--<el-input v-model.trim="modularForm.description" :disabled="disabled" type="text" placeholder="必填"/>-->
+          <!--</el-form-item>-->
+        <!--</el-col>-->
+      <!--</el-row>-->
       <el-row :gutter="20" type="flex" justify="center">
         <el-col :span="16">
           <el-form-item label="总分" prop="score">
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
         })
       } else if (dialogStatus === 'update' || dialogStatus === 'info') { // 如果是修改，将row中数据填写到输入框中
         this.modularForm = {
-          id: row.id,
+          id: row.modularId,
           modularName: row.modularName,
           description: row.description,
           score: row.score
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
index 7bbb48c..c50c5dd 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualityModular/qualityIndexManage.vue
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
       <el-col :span="19">
         <div class="btn-div">
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-plus" @click="addIndex">新增指标</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='无效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
-          <el-button v-if="status=='有效'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-if="status=='0'" class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="active">生效</el-button>
+          <el-button v-else class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-magic-stick" @click="inactive">失效</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="updateQModularHandler">编辑模块</el-button>
           <el-button class="filter-item" style="" size="small" type="primary" icon="el-icon-delete" @click="delQModularHandler">删除模块</el-button>
           <span style="margin-left:10px;color:red;font-size:12px;vertical-align:bottom">*总分：{{ score?score:'未知' }}</span>
@@ -183,7 +183,13 @@
     },
     // 更新模块信息
     updateQModularHandler() {
-      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true)
+      const params = {
+        modularId: this.modularId,
+        modularName: this.modularName,
+        description: this.description,
+        score: this.score
+      }
+      this.$refs.editmodular.initDialog('update', true, params)
     },
     refreshTree() {
       this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree()
@@ -219,10 +225,10 @@
       activeQModular(this.modularId, status).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.$message.success('操作成功')
-          if (status === '有效') {
-            this.status = '无效'
+          if (status === '1') {
+            this.status = '0'
           } else {
-            this.status = '有效'
+            this.status = '1'
           }
           this.$refs.modulerTree.fetchTypeTree(false)
         }
@@ -241,7 +247,9 @@
     // 更换模块
     changeType(modular) {
       this.modularId = modular.id
+      this.modularName = modular.modularName
       this.status = modular.status
+      this.score = modular.score
       modular.description = modular.description ? '(' + modular.description + ')' : ''
       this.tableOption.head.text = modular.modularName + modular.description
       this.search()
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
index 90e30c1..a98db09 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/myQualityChecked.vue
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
       getCheckedSoundList(this.listQuery).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
           this.listLoading = false
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
-          this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
index 54abfd8..df3c154 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheck.vue
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
           </el-col>
           <el-col :span="12">
             <el-form-item label="质检评语" prop="checkComment">
-              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
+              <el-input v-model="form.checkComment" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="textarea" rows="3"/>
             </el-form-item>
           </el-col>
         </el-row>
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
                 <el-table-column prop="date" label="质检考核">
                   <template slot-scope="scope">
                     <!--分值型-->
-                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
+                    <el-input-number v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" :min="0" :max="scope.row.maxScore" :step="0.1" :precision="1" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'" type="number" size="mini" style="width: 100px" class="inputClass"/>
                     <span v-if="scope.row.indexType=='1'" class="tips">总分：{{ scope.row.maxScore }}</span>
                     <!--是否-->
                     <el-radio-group v-if="scope.row.indexType=='2'" v-model="scope.row.score" :disabled="dialogStatus=='info'">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
       </el-form>
     </div>
     <div slot="footer" class="dialog-footer">
-      <el-button :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
+      <el-button v-if="dialogStatus!='info'" :loading="btnLoading" type="primary" @click="saveData">保存</el-button>
       <el-button @click="cancel">取消</el-button>
     </div>
   </el-dialog>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 <script>
 import AudioPlayer from '../../../components/AudioPlayer/AudioPlayer'
-import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
+import { getQIndexList, getQModulerList, firstCheck, secondCheck, getQualityCheckDetail } from '@/api/qualityCheck'
 
 export default {
   name: 'QualityCheck',
@@ -103,7 +103,9 @@
   watch: {
     'form.checkModular': function(val) {
       if (val) {
-        this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        if (this.dialogStatus === 'first') {
+          this.fetchQIndex(val, 'first')
+        }
       }
     }
   },
@@ -172,7 +174,7 @@
               indexDetail: item.indexDetail,
               indexType: item.indexType,
               indexTypeName: item.indexTypeName,
-              maxScore: item.score,
+              maxScore: parseFloat(item.score),
               score: item.score ? item.score : '1'
             }
             this.scoreData.push(row)
@@ -186,13 +188,12 @@
     },
     // 获取质检详情
     fetchCheckDetail() {
-      const params = '1'
-      getQIndexList(params).then(response => {
+      getQualityCheckDetail(this.form.callid).then(response => {
         if (response.code === 200) {
-          this.form.checkComment = '良好'
-          this.form.checkModular = '1'
-          this.form.scoreSituation = '1:1,2:1,3:1,4:1,5:1,6:1,7:1,8:1,9:1'
           // 遍历scoreSituation,得到得分
+          this.form.checkModular = response.data[0].checkModular
+          this.form.checkComment = response.data[0].checkComment
+          this.form.scoreSituation = response.data[0].scoreSituation
           const scoreList = this.form.scoreSituation.split(',')
           for (const i in scoreList) {
             const item = scoreList[i]
diff --git a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
index 8e86c07..3cf6c1c 100644
--- a/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
+++ b/src/views/qualityManage/qualitySound/qualityCheckedSound.vue
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@
           //   { callid: '123245234013253242', agentUserName: '张三', checkTwice: '1', checkModular: '1', checkModularName: '标准模块', checkComment: '审核通过', checkScore: '10', checkUserName: '王五', checkTime: '2020-4-20 08:00:02' },
           //   { callid: '123245234013253242', agentUserName: '张三', checkTwice: '0', checkModular: '1', checkModularName: '标准模块', checkComment: '审核通过', checkScore: '10', checkUserName: '王五', checkTime: '2020-4-20 08:00:02' }
           // ]
-          this.list = response.data.records
-          // this.list = response.data.rows
+          // this.list = response.data.records
+          this.list = response.data.rows
           this.total = response.data.total
         }
       })
diff --git a/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue b/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue
index 35558eb..39b1c73 100644
--- a/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue
+++ b/src/views/soundsManage/soundsManage.vue
@@ -107,7 +107,8 @@
         {
           text: '被叫号码',
           value: 'calleeNumber',
-          align: 'center'
+          align: 'center',
+          default: '--'
         },
         {
           text: '呼叫方向',
diff --git a/src/views/statistic/caseStatistic/caseTypeStatistic.vue b/src/views/statistic/caseStatistic/caseTypeStatistic.vue
index 4e13a73..2262387 100644
--- a/src/views/statistic/caseStatistic/caseTypeStatistic.vue
+++ b/src/views/statistic/caseStatistic/caseTypeStatistic.vue
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@
       size: 'small'
     }
   },
-  created() {
-    this.fetchData()
-  },
+  // created() {
+  //   this.fetchData()
+  // },
   methods: {
     search(listQuery) {
       this.listQuery = listQuery
@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@
           //     { area: '新区管理处', data: [{ caseNum: 12, eorc: '咨询' }, { caseNum: 12, eorc: '建议' }, { caseNum: 12, eorc: '求助' }, { caseNum: 12, eorc: '投诉' }, { caseNum: 12, eorc: '感谢' }, { caseNum: 12, eorc: '其他' }] }
           //   ]
           // }
+          debugger
           const columns = [
             {
               text: '区域',
@@ -91,6 +92,7 @@
             }
           }
           this.columns = columns
+          console.log(this.columns)
           // 处理数据格式
           this.data = []
           for (const line of data) {
@@ -101,6 +103,7 @@
             }
             this.data.push(newline)
           }
+          console.log(this.data)
         }
       })
     },